Upload
others
View
4
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
A Suggested Approach for Gap Analyses of the
RAMPAO Marine Protected Area Network
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires
marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Jeff Ardron Catherine Gabrieacute
copyT Cleacutement 19 Octobre 2009
Mission drsquoappui technique au processus drsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau reacutegional drsquoaires
marines proteacutegeacutees en Afrique de lrsquoOuest RAMPAO (Projet ANALACAO)
Table of Contents
RESUME EXECUTIF 4
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1
TERMS OF REFERENCE (SUMMARISED) 8
REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES AND AVAILABLE INFORMATION 9
ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES AND TARGETS 12
METHODOLOGY 13
APPROACH 13
BOUNDARIES 13
TIMEFRAMES 13
INITIAL TESTS 14
SUGGESTED PROGRAMME OF WORK 15
SHORT-TERM STEPS 15
OUTREACH amp COORDINATION 15
ACQUISITION OF DATA amp INFORMATION 16
Steps 16
Three elements of success 17
Strategies for acquiring difficult data 17
Meetings 18
FIVE INITIAL GAP ANALYSES 19
MEDIUM TERM GAP ANALYSES 23
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs) 23
Representativity 23
Connectivity 24
Replication 24
Adequacy viability 25
LONG TERM GAP ANALYSES 25
MarZone and MaxEnt 26
Climate change modelling 26
Ongoing adaptive approach 26
POSSIBLE ACTIVITIES OF THE 2ND
MISSION 27
REFERENCES 28
ANNEX 1 CALENDAR OF MEETINGS 1ST
MISSION 5-12 SEPT 2009 29
ANNEX 2 CBD CRITERIA FOR ECOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT AREAS 31
ANNEX 3 CBD CRITERIA FOR MPA NETWORKS 38
ANNEX 4 DATA SOURCES HIGHLIGHTED IN DISCUSSIONS DURING THE 1ST
MISSION 40
ANNEX 5 GIS DATA PRIORITIES 42
ANNEX 6 THIRTY ADDITIONAL ASSESSMENTS 46
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 1 ADEQUACY VIABILITY 46
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 2 REPRESENTATIVITY 47
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 3 REPLICATION 48
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 4 CONNECTIVITY 48
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 1
Executive Summary
This 1st Mission was tasked with 1) defining operational principles for a gaps analysis of the
RAMPAO marine protected area (MPA) network 2) reviewing the activities already carried
out 3) providing methodological support and 4) suggesting a programme of work
This report makes the following recommendations
Recommendation re gaps analysis considering that all the partners and parties interviewed
supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps Analysis Project
proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets should
be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex 1) and
MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious gap
in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions such
as CSRP and others to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the CBD
IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the FAO
guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships within
and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of Understanding
(MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should primarily
consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical work
Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and also
human capacity building training as appropriate
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in the
development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise and
assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and complete as
required the data collection and technicalGIS work
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project
and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining
the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear
project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we
have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation
collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and
regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were
approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)
period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be
assessed
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as
IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend
prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and
filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering
budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly
(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)
Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and
ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural
elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and
resources as appropriate
Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic
gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-
making
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3
Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats
The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion
1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For
the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability
representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex
analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations
are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and
resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on
getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements
Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that
were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and
ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty
additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration
Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission
elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses
presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif
Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes
opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux
deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support
meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail
Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes
Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et
actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous
les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires
Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres
eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute
(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave
lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme
drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres
Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer
en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre
reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra
rapidement consideacuterer
Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute
les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire
lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial
AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de
travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources
halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la
FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en
consideacuteration
Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des
besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
Table of Contents
RESUME EXECUTIF 4
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1
TERMS OF REFERENCE (SUMMARISED) 8
REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES AND AVAILABLE INFORMATION 9
ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES AND TARGETS 12
METHODOLOGY 13
APPROACH 13
BOUNDARIES 13
TIMEFRAMES 13
INITIAL TESTS 14
SUGGESTED PROGRAMME OF WORK 15
SHORT-TERM STEPS 15
OUTREACH amp COORDINATION 15
ACQUISITION OF DATA amp INFORMATION 16
Steps 16
Three elements of success 17
Strategies for acquiring difficult data 17
Meetings 18
FIVE INITIAL GAP ANALYSES 19
MEDIUM TERM GAP ANALYSES 23
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs) 23
Representativity 23
Connectivity 24
Replication 24
Adequacy viability 25
LONG TERM GAP ANALYSES 25
MarZone and MaxEnt 26
Climate change modelling 26
Ongoing adaptive approach 26
POSSIBLE ACTIVITIES OF THE 2ND
MISSION 27
REFERENCES 28
ANNEX 1 CALENDAR OF MEETINGS 1ST
MISSION 5-12 SEPT 2009 29
ANNEX 2 CBD CRITERIA FOR ECOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT AREAS 31
ANNEX 3 CBD CRITERIA FOR MPA NETWORKS 38
ANNEX 4 DATA SOURCES HIGHLIGHTED IN DISCUSSIONS DURING THE 1ST
MISSION 40
ANNEX 5 GIS DATA PRIORITIES 42
ANNEX 6 THIRTY ADDITIONAL ASSESSMENTS 46
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 1 ADEQUACY VIABILITY 46
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 2 REPRESENTATIVITY 47
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 3 REPLICATION 48
ASSESSMENT CRITERION 4 CONNECTIVITY 48
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 1
Executive Summary
This 1st Mission was tasked with 1) defining operational principles for a gaps analysis of the
RAMPAO marine protected area (MPA) network 2) reviewing the activities already carried
out 3) providing methodological support and 4) suggesting a programme of work
This report makes the following recommendations
Recommendation re gaps analysis considering that all the partners and parties interviewed
supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps Analysis Project
proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets should
be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex 1) and
MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious gap
in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions such
as CSRP and others to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the CBD
IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the FAO
guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships within
and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of Understanding
(MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should primarily
consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical work
Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and also
human capacity building training as appropriate
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in the
development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise and
assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and complete as
required the data collection and technicalGIS work
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project
and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining
the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear
project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we
have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation
collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and
regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were
approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)
period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be
assessed
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as
IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend
prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and
filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering
budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly
(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)
Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and
ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural
elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and
resources as appropriate
Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic
gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-
making
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3
Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats
The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion
1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For
the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability
representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex
analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations
are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and
resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on
getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements
Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that
were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and
ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty
additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration
Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission
elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses
presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif
Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes
opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux
deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support
meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail
Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes
Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et
actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous
les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires
Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres
eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute
(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave
lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme
drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres
Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer
en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre
reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra
rapidement consideacuterer
Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute
les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire
lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial
AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de
travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources
halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la
FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en
consideacuteration
Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des
besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 1
Executive Summary
This 1st Mission was tasked with 1) defining operational principles for a gaps analysis of the
RAMPAO marine protected area (MPA) network 2) reviewing the activities already carried
out 3) providing methodological support and 4) suggesting a programme of work
This report makes the following recommendations
Recommendation re gaps analysis considering that all the partners and parties interviewed
supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps Analysis Project
proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets should
be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex 1) and
MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious gap
in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions such
as CSRP and others to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the CBD
IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the FAO
guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships within
and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of Understanding
(MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should primarily
consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical work
Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and also
human capacity building training as appropriate
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in the
development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise and
assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and complete as
required the data collection and technicalGIS work
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project
and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining
the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear
project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we
have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation
collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and
regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were
approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)
period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be
assessed
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as
IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend
prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and
filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering
budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly
(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)
Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and
ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural
elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and
resources as appropriate
Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic
gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-
making
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3
Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats
The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion
1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For
the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability
representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex
analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations
are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and
resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on
getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements
Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that
were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and
ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty
additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration
Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission
elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses
presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif
Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes
opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux
deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support
meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail
Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes
Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et
actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous
les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires
Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres
eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute
(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave
lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme
drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres
Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer
en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre
reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra
rapidement consideacuterer
Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute
les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire
lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial
AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de
travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources
halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la
FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en
consideacuteration
Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des
besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 2
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this project
and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written outlining
the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought 3) a clear
project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key contacts we
have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate proposing cooperation
collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be made at national and
regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they were
approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6 month)
period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings should be
assessed
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such as
IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We recommend
prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to identifying and
filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered (considering
budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their results a) quickly
(ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term (gt2011)
Recommendation re traditional and cultural considerations in addition to biological and
ecological criteria we recommend that the gaps analysis take into consideration cultural
elements when data are available and traditional management of marine areas and
resources as appropriate
Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial basic
gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform decision-
making
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3
Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats
The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion
1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For
the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability
representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex
analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations
are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and
resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on
getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements
Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that
were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and
ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty
additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration
Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission
elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses
presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif
Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes
opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux
deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support
meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail
Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes
Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et
actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous
les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires
Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres
eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute
(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave
lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme
drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres
Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer
en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre
reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra
rapidement consideacuterer
Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute
les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire
lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial
AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de
travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources
halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la
FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en
consideacuteration
Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des
besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 3
Recommendation re five initial gap analyses 1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas 2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas 3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth 4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification 5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats
The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion
1 establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Possible analyses for the medium term are discussed with an outlook for the long-term For
the medium-term approaches that consider more closely adequacy viability
representativity replication and connectivity are provided For the long-term complex
analyses such as Marxan MarZone and MaxEnt as well as climate change considerations
are noted However for the purposes of this project it is felt that in the long-term time and
resources would probably be better spent taking an adaptive planning approach working on
getting places established that address the major gaps first and then making refinements
Annexes 2 and 3 provide the CBD criteria adopted in 2008 Annex 4 notes datasets that
were highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission Annex 5 lists common data sets and
ranks them according to timeframe ease of acquisition and importance Annex 6 lists thirty
additional MPA network design considerations accepted by OSPAR for consideration
Regarding a 2nd Mission we suggest that it coincide with the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly mid-2010 Possible activities for the 2nd Mission could include
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission
elaborating upon medium-term gap analyses
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
joint GIS analyses working together on some of the GIS analyses
presenting initial results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in an expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif
Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes
opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux
deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support
meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail
Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes
Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et
actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous
les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires
Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres
eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute
(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave
lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme
drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres
Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer
en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre
reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra
rapidement consideacuterer
Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute
les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire
lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial
AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de
travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources
halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la
FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en
consideacuteration
Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des
besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 4
Propositions meacutethodologiques pour lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoaires marines proteacutegeacutees du RAMPAO
Reacutesumeacute exeacutecutif
Les objectifs de cette premiegravere mission eacutetaient les suivants 1) deacutefinir les principes
opeacuterationnels de lrsquoanalyse des lacunes du reacuteseau drsquoAMP du RAMPAO 2) revoir les travaux
deacutejagrave reacutealiseacutes et les informations existantes et identifier les manques 3) apporter un support
meacutethodologique au processus et 4) proposer un programme de travail
Ce rapport fait les recommandations suivantes
Recommandation concernant lrsquoanalyse des lacunes (gaps analysis) lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
ayant eacuteteacute reconnue par la plupart des partenaires comme neacutecessaire pour compleacuteter et
actualiser le reacuteseau actuel la mission recommande que le projet soit deacuteveloppeacute avec tous
les moyens financiers humains et mateacuteriels neacutecessaires
Recommandation concernant les critegraveres eacutecologiques les principes et les critegraveres
eacutecologiques agrave retenir doivent ecirctre ceux recommandeacutes par la convention sur la biodiversiteacute
(CBD) agrave la fois dans lrsquoidentification des sites drsquoimportance eacutecologique (IX20 Annex 1) et agrave
lrsquoeacutechelle du reacuteseau (IX20 Annexe 1) en suivant les recommandations de la CBD en terme
drsquoapplication de ces critegraveres
Recommandation concernant les lacunes sur la haute mer lrsquoabsence drsquoAMP en haute mer
en particulier dans la ZEE (12-200 miles nautiques) des pays membres du RAMPAO doit ecirctre
reconnue par tous comme une lacune importante du reacuteseau que le projet devra
rapidement consideacuterer
Recommandation concernant les pecirccheries consideacuterant leur importance et leur complexiteacute
les pecirccheries et leurs interactions avec les AMP existantes et potentielles devront faire
lrsquoobjet drsquoune attention particuliegravere Nous recommandons la constitution drsquoun groupe speacutecial
AMP-Pecircches comportant les organismes compeacutetents comme la CSRP et autres afin de
travailler sur les lacunes de protection des zones importantes pour les ressources
halieutiques (CBD IX20 Annex 1) Des critegraveres propres aux pecirccheries comme ceux de la
FAO pour la gestion des pecircches profondes (2009) devront eacutegalement ecirctre pris en
consideacuteration
Recommandation pour un travail partenarial consideacuterant lrsquoampleur de ce projet des
besoins en donneacutees et en analyses le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO devra renforcer et srsquoappuyer
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 5
sur les relations avec ses partenaires nationaux reacutegionaux et internationaux des accords
de collaborations devront ecirctre signeacutes avec les principaux partenaires en premier lieu afin de
srsquoaccorder sur les modaliteacutes de partage des donneacutees neacutecessaires au projet voire de partage
du travail drsquoanalyse Devront eacutegalement ecirctre envisageacutees le cas eacutecheacuteant les consideacuterations
techniques comme la compatibiliteacute ou lrsquointeropeacuterabiliteacute des bases de donneacutees et si
neacutecessaire le renforcement des capaciteacutesla formation
Recommandation pour la mise en place drsquoun chargeacute de projet consideacuterant lrsquoimportance du
travail et la speacutecificiteacute de certains de ses aspects un assistant au projet doit ecirctre recruteacute Ses
missions seront 1) drsquoassister le secreacutetariat du RAMPAO (Charlotte Karibuhoye chef de
projet) dans ses relations avec les points focaux nationaux et les partenaires (appui agrave la
reacutedaction des accords de collaboration au deacuteveloppement des groupes de travail) 2)
superviser et apporter son appui au technicien SIG (Souadou Ndiaye) lorsque cela sera
neacutecessaire notamment pour ce qui concerne les aspects plus analytiques du travail 3)
superviser et compleacuteter la collecte des donneacutees et le travail technique (SIG)
Recommandation concernant lrsquoinformation et la sensibilisation 1) les points focaux
nationaux devront ecirctre informeacutes sur le projet et les reacutesultats de cette mission leur rocircle
devra leur ecirctre clairement speacutecifieacute 2) une plaquette recto-verso deacutecrivant les objectifs du
projet les reacutesultats attendus et preacutesentant les attentes du RAMPAO en matiegravere de
coopeacuteration avec les autres organismes devra ecirctre produite 3 ) le site internet du RAMPAO
devra comporter un espace deacutedieacute speacutecifiquement agrave ce projet 4) des lettres de suivi
devraient ecirctre envoyeacutes aux contacts cleacutes rencontreacutes au cours de la premiegravere mission afin de
les informer des reacutesultats de la mission et des eacutetapes suivantes et le cas eacutecheacuteant en leur
proposant de coopeacuterer collaborer 5) on profitera des diffeacuterentes reacuteunions au niveau
national et reacutegional pour preacutesenter le projet et les collaborations qui sont attendues
Recommandation pour la collecte des donneacutees et informations 1) la collecte des donneacutees
doit deacutebuter degraves agrave preacutesent en eacutetroite coordination avec les activiteacutes drsquoinformation et de
sensibilisation des partenaires 2) Par ordre de prioriteacute on rassemblera les donneacutees (a)
faciles agrave collecter et b) neacutecessaires aux analyses agrave court terme 3) Les listes des sources de
donneacutees des contacts et les dates auxquels ils ont eacuteteacute rencontreacutes doivent ecirctre conserveacutes car
ils permettront de suivre lrsquoavancement du travail 4) la prochaine reacuteunion geacuteneacuterale du
RAMPAO devra inscrire agrave son ordre du jour la collaboration sur la collecte de donneacutees 5)
apregraves le deacutemarrage de la collecte des donneacutees (dans 3-6 mois) une reacuteunion devra ecirctre
organiseacutee pour faire un point (reacuteunion pour la collecte des donneacutees ou reacuteunion drsquoexperts
theacutematiques)
Recommandation concernant la recherche Consideacuterant lampleur des sujets de recherche
possibles nous recommandons au RAMPAO de travailler avec les instituts de recherche
comme lrsquoIRD et les instituts nationaux afin de combler de faccedilon strateacutegique les lacunes
essentielles dans les connaissances Les prioriteacutes devront ecirctre deacutefinies sur la base de 3
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 6
critegraveres 1) pertinence pour cerner et combler les lacunes 2) les chances raisonnables
qursquoont ces questions de trouver des reacuteponses (en tenant compte des budgets et des
contraintes scientifiques) et 3) selon la vitesse de leurs reacutesultats a) rapidement (2010) b)
dans le moyen terme (2011) et c) agrave plus long terme (gt 2011)
Recommandation concernant la prise en compte des eacuteleacutements traditionnels et culturels
outre les critegraveres biologiques et eacutecologiques nous recommandons que lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
considegravere eacutegalement les eacuteleacutements traditionnels lorsqursquoils sont disponibles et les eacuteleacutements
culturels de gestion des espaces et des ressources srsquoils sont approprieacutes
Recommandation concernant les reacutesultats agrave court moyen et long terme certaines donneacutees
seront plus facilement accessibles que dautres et certaines analyses sont plus faciles agrave
deacutevelopper que dautres nous recommandons donc une approche par eacutetapes avec des
analyses sur le court terme le moyen terme et le long terme Ainsi des deacutecisions pourront
ecirctre eacutegalement prises et des actions engageacutees agrave court moyen et long terme sans attendre
drsquoavoir lrsquoensemble des reacutesultats
Recommandation concernant les analyses preacuteliminaires lanalyse des lacunes doit
commencer sur la base drsquoinformations facilement accessibles et de tests de base faciles agrave
engager et agrave comprendre Ensuite des analyses plus complexes pourront ecirctre reacutealiseacutees avec
des donneacutees suppleacutementaires au fur et agrave mesure de leur disponibiliteacute Ces analyses initiales
devront ecirctre seacutelectionneacutees en vue de produire des reacutesultats qui peuvent agrave eux seuls eacuteclairer
les premiegraveres prises de deacutecisions
Recommandation concernant cinq analyses initiales de lacunes 1 Consideacuterer visuellement la distribution des aires proteacutegeacutees 2 Sur la base de proceacutedures SIG examiner plus en profondeur la reacutepartition des zones
proteacutegeacutees 3 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la profondeur 4 Etudier la distribution des AMP en fonction de la classification existante des habitats
cocirctiers 5 Consideacuterer le reacuteseau des AMP selon les espegraveces et les habitats rares menaceacutes et en voie
de disparition
Recommandations sur la mise en œuvre du projet plus qursquoun projet lrsquoanalyse des lacunes
est un processus continu dont les reacutesultats devront ecirctre affineacutes au fur et agrave mesure des
connaissances sur une base adaptative Comme recommandeacute ci-dessus une approche agrave
court moyen et long terme devra ecirctre consideacutereacutee
Court-terme (entre maintenant et juin 2010) les tacircches suivantes seront engageacutees 1 eacutetablissement des termes de reacutefeacuterence et recrutement du chargeacute de projet 2 sensibilisation y compris preacutesentations du projet et des attentes lors de diverses
reacuteunions
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 7
3 recueil initial des donneacutees en se concentrant sur les informations facilement disponibles
4 analyse initiale des lacunes 5 preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats agrave lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO 6 reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes agrave moyen terme des donneacutees
compleacutementaires agrave collecter et des analyses agrave poursuivre (probablement dans une
reacuteunion speacuteciale durant lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale du RAMPAO
En outre les analyses possibles pour le moyen terme et une preacutevision pour le long terme
sont proposeacutees
Moyen terme collecte des donneacutees plus difficiles agrave obtenir analyses plus compliqueacutees
(identification des aires drsquoimportance eacutecologique et biologiques repreacutesentativiteacute
connectiviteacute reacutepliquas adeacutequationviabiliteacute)
Long terme compleacutements eacuteventuels avec des approches plus complexes de modeacutelisation
(MarZone MaxEnt) prise en consideacuteration du changement climatique hellip Toutefois dans le
cadre de ce projet agrave long terme il semble qursquoil serait preacutefeacuterable drsquoutiliser les ressources agrave
de la planification adaptative en se concentrant en premier sur les sites qui permettent de
combler les principales lacunes et ensuite drsquoaffiner lrsquoanalyse
En annexes sont proposeacutes
Les critegraveres de la CBD agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des sites (annexe 2) et agrave lrsquoeacutechelle des reacuteseaux (annexe 3)
Les sources de donneacutees issues des discussions avec les partenaires lors de la 1egravere mission (annexe 4)
lrsquoinventaire des donneacutees de base classeacutees suivant les deacutelais souhaitables drsquoacquisition la faciliteacute dacquisition et leur importance (annexe 5)
un certain nombre drsquoautres eacuteleacutements agrave consideacuterer dans la conception du reacuteseau dAMPs
issus de lrsquoexpeacuterience drsquoOSPAR (annexe 6)
Poursuite de la collaboration Sil eacutetait deacutecideacute de poursuivre la collaboration avec les
consultants et qursquoune deuxiegraveme mission soit programmeacutee nous suggeacuterons quelle coiumlncide
avec la troisiegraveme reacuteunion de lAssembleacutee geacuteneacuterale RAMPAO agrave la mi-2010 Les activiteacutes
possibles pour la 2egraveme mission pourraient comprendre
les reacuteponses aux questions qui se posent dans la phase 1
les reacuteflexions sur le deacuteveloppement de la phase 2 (moyen terme)
lrsquoassistance agrave la collecte de donneacutees en Europe et en Ameacuterique du Nord
lrsquoassistance aux analyses SIG (travailler en commun sur certaines analyses)
assistance agrave la preacutesentation des premiers reacutesultats RAMPAO aux membres et partenaires
participation agrave la reacuteunion dexperts pour discuter des prochaines eacutetapes (moyen terme) des donneacutees et analyses compleacutementaires
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 8
Terms of reference (summarised)
This project is planned to consist of three separate missions this is the report from the first
of these The overarching objectives of the entire project are
To support the RAMPAO in defining operational principles and precise and realistic
targets for the MPA network by the year 2012 notably as regards
representativeness practicality coherence and resilience of the network
Assist in the definition of the degree of protection of the marine and coastal
biodiversity and key-sites identified in the seven countries of the ecoregion
Assist in the identification of existing shortcomings particularly at the ecological and
socio-economic levels the management of MPAs of the RAMPAO using the available
information for decision-making
Assist in the definitiondesign of strategy aimed at minimizing the priority
shortcomings and making the network more coherent and practical with a view to
attain the objectives of the RAMPAO
Activities of this first mission are
1 Support the RAMPAO Secretariat in defining operational principles and targets
regarding key habitat representativeness as well as the RAMPAO functionality
coherence and resilience
2 Review the activities already carried out and available information about the degree
of protection of biodiversity in the ecoregion and the assessment of missing key-
information
3 Provide methodological support to RAMPAO for synthesizing the gap analysis
process particularly for the review of implemented activities and existing
information on the level of biodiversity protection in the ecoregion and for the
identification of gaps in key information
4 Suggest a programme of work for the next steps of the process
This report is structured according to the above four activities with a particular focus on the
last two
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 9
Review of activities and available information
Our first Mission Report provides details of our conversations with various key players in the
region as well as many preliminary observations and action points We suggest it be used
side-by-side this report A calendar of meetings we attended during the 1st Mission is listed
in Annex 1 A preliminary list of data sources highlighted in these discussions is provided in
Annex 4 to this report
In our discussions several repeating ideas about gaps analyses emerged
necessity gaps analyses are believed to be necessary and valuable
ecology gap analyses should focus on ecological aspects first setting aside
management considerations for the time being
management management and community involvement was emphasized in several
discussions as being essential after gaps are identified and the discussions turn to
how gaps could be filled
cultural considerations the work required to also take account of social traditional
and sacred concerns should be assessed
the offshore open sea (containing eg upwellings seamounts canyons cold water
corals etc) is an integral part of the marine environment but has to date not been
included in MPA discussions and represents a major obvious gap
site versus network criteria site level MPA criteria and network level criteria were
often discussed together as though they were all the same and thus greater clarity is
required on how these two complementary sets of criteria fit together into larger
gaps analyses
cooperation gaps analyses will require strong partnerships and cooperation both
within West Africa and abroad and further work should be done to strengthen these
partnerships through memorandums of understanding and other agreements Many
people noted that acquiring and combining data can use up much time and
resources
fisheries were recognised to encompass activities with the broadest geography and
largest ecological impacts as well as the most complicated social considerations
While MPAs are seen as a good tool for the conservation of biodiversity their use as
a fisheries management tool was seen as applicable in some but not all fisheries It
was pointed out that fisheries science has traditionally been carried out separately
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 10
from other scientific disciplines though acceptance of the ecosystem approach to
fisheries is changing this
ecological research and analyses people noted that while some good initial work
had often been started the coverage was often patchy and considerable work was
still required hence care is required to focus on what can be done with existing
information and to identify a few key research priorities out of the many
The following recommendations flow out of the above discussions
Recommendation re gap analysis considering that all the partners and parties
interviewed supported the need for a gaps analysis we recommend that the Gaps
Analysis Project proceed with the necessary funding personnel and institutional support
Recommendation re offshore gaps the lack of MPAs offshore particularly in the EEZs (12 -
200 nautical miles) of RAMPAO countries should be recognised by members as a serious
gap in the RAMPAO MPA network requiring immediate attention
Recommendation re fisheries considering their size and complexity special attention
should be given to fisheries and their interactions with existing and potential MPAs We
recommend a special Fisheries-MPA working group be set up with relevant institutions
such as CSRP and others1 to consider possible gaps in spatial fish protections as per the
CBD IX20 Annex 1 criteria noted above Additional fisheries relevant criteria such as the
FAO guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries (2009) could be applied as
appropriate
Recommendation re ecosystem research considering the breadth of possible research
topics we recommend that RAMPAO work cooperatively with research institutions such
as IRD and others to address critical knowledge gaps in a strategic fashion We
recommend prioritising research questions on three general criteria 1) relevance to
identifying and filling gaps 2) likelihood that these questions can realistically be answered
(considering budgets and scientific constraints) and 3) according to the speed of their
results a) quickly (ie 2010) b) in the medium-term (2011) and c) in the longer-term
(gt2011)
Recommendation re project officer considering the extent of the work a project officer
should be designated This officer should a) support the RAMPAO Secretariat (through
1 Because we were unable to interview representatives from the two relevant Large Marine Ecosystem (LME)
projects (which look at broad scale effects of fisheries) we are uncertain on how they would (or would not)
wish to participate An informal discussion with Merete Tandstad (FAO) while at another meeting suggests that
the Canary Current LME is still in early stages of development However we do suggest that both the LME
Secretariats and the FAO still be approached to gauge their interest
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 11
Charlotte Karibuhoye) in outreach to regional contact points and partners especially in
the development of project agreements such as MoUs and working groups b) supervise
and assist RAMPAOrsquos GIS technician (Souadou Ndiaye) as required c) oversee and
complete as required the data collection and technicalGIS work
Regarding the recommendation above we recognise that the Project Officer will require
additional funding to that which was originally envisioned in this project If funding for such
a position is not possible we would suggest that additional help be sought through
partners and specific contracts To the degree possible we have outlined the various
aspects of work that will need to be done as discreet pieces so as to allow for them to be
performed separately as funding permits
Recommendation re MoUs considering the broad scope and data requirements of this
project the RAMPAO Secretariat should continue to build upon its good relationships
within and outside of West Africa through the development of Memorandums of
Understanding (MoUs) or similar agreements These MoUs (or similar agreements) should
primarily consider data sharing arrangements andor the sharing of relevant analytical
work Additionally they may consider technical issues such as database compatibility and
also human capacity building training as appropriate
We believe that the Regional Contact Points could play an important role in facilitating
relationships agreements and access to regional data information and expertise
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 12
Ecological principles and targets
There is a broad literature concerning marine protected area (MPA) ecological principles
and criteria As noted at the Second General Assembly of RAMPAO the latest thinking on
this topic is captured in Decision XI20 of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Adopted in June 2008 this Decision provides seven criteria for identifying ecologically and
biologically significant areas (IX20 Annex 1) and five criteria for MPA networks (IX20
Annex2) Thus the CBD recognised that site criteria and network criteria while strongly
linked are different Recently the CBD held an expert meeting in Ottawa Canada where
the seven site criteria were further discussed and guidance was drafted for their
implementation2
We find the CBD criteria to be sound and note that there will be an ongoing development
of global support and capacity building surrounding their implementation We therefore
recommend that RAMPAO base its operational principles and targets on these CBD criteria
and associated guidance
Recommendation re ecological criteria RAMPAOrsquos ecological principles and targets
should be based the CBD criteria for identifying ecologically significant sites (IX20 Annex
1) and MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) taking into account additional CBD guidance as it is
developed
The full annexes of CBD Decision IX20 are appended to this report as Annexes 2 and 3 Briefly the seven CBD criteria for identifying ecologically and biologically significant areas are
1 Uniqueness or rarity 2 Special importance for life history of species 3 Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats 4 Vulnerability fragility sensitivity slow recovery 5 Biological productivity 6 Biological diversity 7 Naturalness
The five CBD MPA network criteria are 1 Ecologically and biologically significant areas (ie based on the 7 site criteria above) 2 Representativity 3 Connectivity 4 Replicated ecological features 5 Adequate and viable sites
2 Report of the expert workshop on ecological criteria and biogeographic classification systems for marine
areas in need of protection This guidance will go through the CBD review process and assuming it goes well
will be presented for acceptance at the Tenth Conference of Parties in October 2010
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 13
Methodology
Approach We view pragmatism modularity and flexibility as being necessary ingredients to an
approach that would best ensure success
Pragmatism The methodology should reflect an approach that will allow progress to
proceed despite imperfect data or other problems For example analyses should be done in
areas where data are available or where there is social political acceptance without the
(sometimes considerable) delay of waiting for data or acceptance from other neighbouring
areas within an ecological region3
Modularity Individual gap analyses should be able stand on their own while also fitting
together with others to form a fuller picture Analysis results should be fairly easy to explain
Flexibility Related to pragmatism above the methodology should follow good practices
while still remaining flexible to alternatives that are not ideal but which can allow for
progress For example when some data are not available other less-than-ideal ldquoproxiesrdquo
may have to be used as substitutes
Boundaries Ecological analyses should when possible be stratified according to accepted ecological
regions and sub-regions (eg Marine Ecosystems of the World ndashMEOW) However given
that in this project various areas have varying degrees of data availability we also see the
need for flexibility in the approach and recognise that some analyses may have to be
bounded according to boundaries that reflect where the data were collected Or in some
instances instead of ecological boundaries it may be appropriate to use traditional cultural
boundaries such as for artisanal fisheries
Timeframes Recommendation re short- medium- and long-term results given that some data will be
more readily available than others and that some analyses are easier to perform than
others we are recommending that a staged approach to delivering results be taken with
analyses planned for the short-term medium-term and long-term This will allow for
decisions and actions to also be taken in the short- medium- and long- term
3 However one must be careful to avoid transferring all gaps and attention to only those places that have data
or are willing to participate For it must be said that those places with few data and little protection are
usually the biggest gaps of all Maps should reflect low- and no-data areas clearly so that the reader
understands the limits of the analysis
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 14
We suggest the timeframe for delivering these short- medium- and long-term results could
be June 2010 (the next RAMPAO General Assembly) December 2011 (the end of this
project period) and December 2014 (the next project period) respectively These timelines
should dovetail with those of the recommendation re ecosystem research above when
appropriate These activities are further outlined in the suggested programme of work in
the section below
Initial tests Preliminary analyses should address basic gaps while later analyses could look at more
nuanced questions The unexpected availability (or unavailability) of data may sometimes
change the planned ordering of analyses If for some reason a particular analysis cannot be
done it should be skipped for the time being and not hold up further work If a preliminary
analysis indicates a significant gap it is unlikely any additional analyses will overturn that
finding and hence decision-making should in most cases proceed based on the results
from the initial basic tests without the delays associated with waiting for more data
Decisions can be refined however as more data become available In general coarse or
incomplete data demand greater precaution in decision-making This can create an
incentive for stakeholders to provide additional data that will allow for refinements
Recommendation re initial tests the gaps analysis should start with readily available
information and basic tests that are relatively easy to understand Later more complex
analyses can be performed with additional data as they become available The initial
basic gaps tests should be selected to provide results that can on their own inform
decision-making
A list of five such tests is outlined in the next section
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 15
Suggested programme of work
Short-term steps The following six steps outline the key tasks that we suggest would need to be done
between now and June 2010 in order to set this project in motion These steps are further
explained in the subsequent sections
1 Establishment of the projectrsquos terms of reference and recruitment of the project officer
2 outreach and coordination including informational presentations at various meetings
3 initial data collection focussing on readily available information 4 initial gaps analyses 5 presentation of initial results to the RAMPAO General Assembly 6 expert meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and analyses (likely
as a side-meeting to the General Assembly
Outreach amp coordination An ecosystem-level gaps analysis will require cooperation from a number of experts
agencies and institutions across all RAMPAO countries Hence outreach and coordination
will be important An introductory description of the project should be developed and
widely distributed as well as a web site page with up to date information on the project A
letter of introduction signed by a senior official(s) can also be important in terms of
establishing legitimacy Presentations introducing the project should be made at national
and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Our meetings during the first mission proved to be very friendly and helpful These meetings
now require follow-up actions to each of the people contacted (see 1st Mission Report)
Because the people we met were mostly based in Senegal further work will be required
through the regional contact points for other countries
Areas of overlap with other activities (eg the Wetlands International implementation gaps
project) should be highlighted and discussions with these players begun to sort out how to
best cooperate and coordinate efforts
While outreach will be most intensive at the beginning of the project coordination will
continue throughout the projectrsquos duration
Recommendation re outreach 1) regional contact points should be updated on this
project and their help solicited 2) a clear one-page project description should be written
outlining the aims of the project and how cooperation with other bodies is being sought
3) a clear project web page should be developed 4) follow-up letters should sent to key
contacts we have already spoken to outlining next steps and where appropriate
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 16
proposing cooperation collaboration 5) presentations introducing the project should be
made at national and regional level meetings as opportunity permits
Acquisition of data amp information Central to this project will be identifying sources of information and data coordinating with
these experts data repositories and providers and ultimately acquiring the information or
data This will consume more time than any other task and probably more time than all the
other tasks combined
Steps
In the general case data acquisition will require the following steps some which may be
iterative (ie cycle around a few times)
searches ndashinternet list-serves libraries literature and through colleagues
informal emails calls and discussions with the expert or data custodian as to
what data may be available
formal letter(s) of introduction to the project signed by senior authorities and
usually addressed to mid- and senior-level people
face-to-face meetings in order to 1) gain permission to use the data and 2) to
learn about details and proper use of the data These two requirements may
mean two separate meetings
MoU drafting and signing andor data agreement andor formal letter of
request
logistics of how the data will be delivered and if any fees or restrictions are
involved
technical and scientific follow-up calls for assistance andor clarification on
interpretation or use of the data
The above steps have not been numbered because the order can vary from situation to
situation with some situations being informal and skipping steps while others are very
formal requiring prolonged discussions and additional steps that build trust
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 17
Three elements of success
Three elements of successful data acquisition are persistence practicality and
prioritisation
Persistence While most experts are usually happy to share their knowledge the sharing of
their data is often another matter The process can take weeks months or even years
Therefore in order to keep progress steady it is best to make a little time available every
day (say two hours) for data searches and follow-up politely reminding contacts from time
to time that you have not yet heard back from them That said do not waste time on data
that are only of marginal interest in the bigger picture It is easy to become lost in details
Practicality Often it is better to identify what data are readily available and to request
those data first This can help build trust and also allows for progress without getting stuck
Subsequently the provider can be approached again to discuss the other more difficult
data sets Thus the above steps can occur more than once with the same data provider
Again as noted above keeping the bigger picture in mind will help to focus data-gathering
activities on the most practical data sets
Prioritisation In an ecosystem-level analysis all kinds of data are interesting That said
some data are more helpful or urgent than others In the analyses outlined in the sections
below the general data requirements are listed The data requirements of the short-term
gap analyses should take priority over the medium-term ones which in turn should take
priority over the long-term analyses
Annex 5 GIS data priorities lists various common categories of data with their estimated
timeframe for usage (short- medium- long-term) availability and priority for this project
Strategies for acquiring difficult data
Sometimes data may be considered proprietary andor too sensitive to show and providers
usually assume they cannot be shared However with patience sometimes agreements can
be found whereby the data may be used ldquobehind the scenesrdquo in analyses so long as the
data are not displayed on final maps ndashonly the combined results which do not reveal the
data In other situations when the provider is an active participant the provider should be
invited to be a formal partner in the project and this may also ease data restrictions Finally
agreeing to perform joint-analyses or even contracting out certain analyses to the expert
can also allow the data to be used However in this latter case it may be difficult to do
quality control and hence the results can sometimes be puzzling or not what was required
If certain data are simply unavailable metadata can still be requested though metadata
often do not exist (In practice metadata if supplied are many times custom-created for
the particular request)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 18
Meetings
General meetings A large forum like the RAMPAO General Assembly can be an excellent
opportunity to introduce interested parties to the project It may even be possible to get
general agreement around sharing data However such a general agreement if it can be
found would probably still not replace the need for MoUs and similar bilateral agreements
with specific agencies and institutions
In addition to regional meetings presentations should be made to national meetings
introducing the project as opportunity permits
Data meetings regional data meetings with database managers could help speed up the
process of data collection though this can vary from place to place In many cases it is
better to first approach people one-on-one Later after some data have already been
acquired a meeting can be used to discuss how to best merge data together and to
encourage others to also provide information data if they have not already done so
Expert meetings bringing together experts of a particular species or habitat can be a very
good way to identify available expertise information data and gaps Expert knowledge can
also be collected at such meetings drawn on maps etc but this requires prior training
preparation and processing afterwards In general expert meetings are most valuable after
a ldquodesktop studyrdquo where basic gaps have been identified and there are now specific
questions that have been identified as needing answers Targeted expert meetings can be
valuable at different times throughout a process as different issues need addressing Their
main drawback is the expense and work required A badly run meeting can also turn opinion
against a project and so care has to be taken to do a good job
Recommendation re data information collection 1) The process of collecting data should
begin immediately This will require close coordination with outreach activities 2) Priority
should be given to collecting data that are a) easily acquired and b) required for the initial
short-term analyses 3) Lists of data sources contact information and what dates they
were approached should be kept to track progress 4) Data collaboration should be on the
agenda of the next RAMPAO General Assembly meeting 5) After an initial (eg 3-6
month) period of data collection the need for data meetings andor expert meetings
should be assessed
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 19
Five initial gap analyses The following analyses are recommended as initial tests that should be done in the short-
term (present to June 2010) and when possible in the order presented However we
acknowledge that data availability can alter the ordering of the tests and even what tests
are undertaken ndashincluding developing new ones not listed here These basic tests can be
followed up with more complex analyses such as outlined in the next sections of this report
1 Visually consider the distribution of protected areas Is the network spatially well
distributed without more than a few major gaps If not what gaps can a person
immediately see Consider along-shore gaps and gaps moving out towards the offshore
Consider the northern central and southern thirds of the RAMPAO area Consider
national boundaries
Technical amp data requirements no GIS or GIS data are required A basic paper map
showing the protected areas and national boundaries is sufficient
Rationale this simple assessment is deceptively powerful Simplicity should not be seen
as detracting from its value The human eye can see many patterns and gaps that are
difficult to quantify into statistics When most people agree on a visual gap this
indicates that it is likely valid and worthy of serious consideration
Connectivity and representativity are two of the five agreed-upon CBD criteria for
assessing MPA networks (IX20 Annex 2) If the network is generally not well distributed
in space then it is unlikely to exhibit characteristics of connectivity or representativity
and thus is very unlikely to be ecologically coherent Note that if a network is well-
distributed in space this does not necessarily ensure that these criteria are being met
and further tests will still be required
2 Using GIS procedures consider in greater depth the distribution of protected areas For
this test and all the other tests below perform it first for the whole region then for
each of the three broad ecoregions north central and south4 and finally according to
national boundaries
a Zones offshore Consider coverage within four basic zones i the shorelines (0-5
nautical miles offshore) ii nearshore (~5-15 nm) iii mid-offshore (~15-50 nm)
and iv far offshore (~50 -200 nm) What percentage of each of these broad
zones has MPAs
b Distance from shore statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) extent that
RAMPAO MPAs extend offshore What is the range of these values What is the
4 This could include the MEOW (Marine Ecoregions Of the World) classification or other similar ecoregions
accepted by RAMPAO partners
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 20
standard deviation Considering that RAMPOA waters extend approximately 200
nm offshore what do these distance-offshore statistics suggest
c Nearest neighbour distance in each of the above zones calculate ldquonearest
neighbourrdquo statistics between MPAs noting the range of MPA spacing the
arithmetic mean of the spacing and the standard deviation of spacing between
sites In this test and all others displaying the histogram of results can be very
informative and is recommended
Technical amp data requirements GIS files are required for shoreline data MPAs
ecoregions national boundaries These three tests (a) ndash (c) get progressively more
technically advanced in the use of GIS However it is outside the scope of this report to
fully describe the GIS methods If a minimum separation distance is chosen as a network
criterion (see comments below) then an easier GIS analysis would be to buffer the
MPAs by a value of half that distance to identify which areas that ldquotouchrdquo and which do
not
Rationale these analyses put some numbers to the first visual test In most ways
however the visual test is simpler and easier to understand That said numbers in
tables can help rank gaps according to basic properties
Unfortunately the GIS methods can be a bit difficult for a beginner If parts of this test
are too difficult they can be skipped since the visual assessment already tells us a lot
Setting explicit quantitative targets for spacing can be controversial and difficult to
support scientifically What is adequate for some species will still be inadequate for
others That said for a basic initial test ldquorules of thumbrdquo have been proposed The
BALANCE project in the Baltic Sea suggested 25 km as an ideal maximum spacing
between shoreline sites (2008) Instead of looking at the ideal situation the OSPAR
Convention for the Northeast Atlantic took a different approach considering the very
longest spacing that could be considered contributing anything at all towards ecological
coherence of the MPA network ie a theoretical ldquoworst caserdquo The OSPAR guidelines for
this worst case are nearshore ~250 km (linear shoreline distance) offshore ~200 000
km2 (which is about equivalent to a ~500 km diameter circle) high seas ~1 000 000 km2
(equivalent to a square with ~1000 km sides) For OSPAR nearshore meant shoreline
and territorial waters out to 12 nm offshore meant EEZ waters (12-200 nm) and high
seas meant waters beyond 200 nm from shore (OPSAR 2008 Ardron 2009)
3 Consider MPA distribution according to depth As for all these analyses perform these
tests first for the whole region then for each of the three broad ecoregions north
central and south and finally according to national boundaries
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 21
a Depth statistics what is the average (arithmetic mean) depth of RAMPAO
MPAs What is the range of values What is the standard deviation How do
these numbers compare with the overall RAMPAO region
b Depth zones consider the following eight general depth zones and what
percentage of each zone is within the current MPA network 0-25 m
(shallow) 25-50 m (photic) 50-100m (upper shelf) 100-200 m (lower shelf)
200-400 m (upper slope) 400-800 m (mid-slope) 800-1600 m (lower slope)
1600-3200 m or greater (abyssal plain)5
Technical amp data requirements data as per the previous test plus bathymetry The
easiest and fastest way to perform these statistics is to convert the MPA shapefile
(and if it is not already the bathymetry) into a raster grid and do grid analyses
Rationale depth is widely recognised as one of the key variables that describes
biotic communities in a give region and as such is a very basic measure of
representativity This analysis could be improved by combining surficial sediment
data with depth to make simple seafloor sediment-depth classes if available
4 Consider MPA distribution according to existent shoreline habitat classification
Although the whole RAMPAO shoreline is likely not classified certain features such
as estuaries or mangroves may already largely be identified Taking these shoreline
features that are either readily available or readily digitised consider what
percentage of each of these feature types are within the current MPA network
Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies outside of these readily
identifiable shoreline features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements any available shoreline features such as estuaries
and mangroves If the data are good enough each of these features could be sub-
divided eg large medium and small estuaries If geophysical shoreline type data
are missing basic categories such as cliff rock and sandmud shores can often be
visually estimated and hand digitised by looking at terrestrial topographic data along
the shoreline combined with nearshore bathymetry if available
5 These log2 depth classes are admittedly somewhat arbitrary (25 2
i) and could be refined either by
considering a regional biological classification histogram of the distribution of depths or natural breaks in the
data It is our understanding however that no bio-physical classification has been performed for the region
For an initial test these somewhat arbitrary depth classes are sufficient to point out general gaps and reflect
the generally logarithmic scale of decreasing resolution (increasing breadth of classes) with depth
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 22
Rationale since the RAMPAO MPA network is currently shoreline-based this test is
suggested before considering other physical features further offshore This test is
designed to give a rough idea of shoreline representativity
5 Consider the RAMPAO network according to rare threatened and endangered
species and habitats (features) for which data are available Perform the same sort
of tests as in the test above using available data for rare threatened and
endangered features Consider what percentage of each of these feature types are
within the current MPA network Consider what percentage of the MPA network lies
outside of these features Consider also according to ecoregions and national
boundaries
Technical amp data requirements there are modelling techniques to predict the
potential habitat of species but these techniques are advanced and would fall under
the long-term timeframe For this initial analysis only available data should be
considered If the data appear to be very incomplete then they should not be used
Recognising that such data can be sub-regionally incomplete some sections of the
network may have to be left out of this analysis marked as ldquono datardquo areas on the
maps
Rationale rare threatened and endangered features are often protected by law
and also often of interest to researchers There is usually some information on them
though not always digital data and may instead be in the form of expert opinion
Ecologically there are three different types of rare threatened and endangered
features each requiring a different management response 1) features that have
always been rare 2) features that used to be common but are now rare due to
human pressures (ie threatened and endangered) 3) features that are on the edge
of their range and a) this range is steady or b ) this range is shifting (expanding
contracting moving away entering the region) due to climate change or other
environmental changes It would be best to perform this test separately for the three
different classes and associated sub-classes of rare threatened and endangered
features taking into account their population trends However for an initial test
such refinements should be seen as optional depending on information availability
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 23
Medium term gap analyses The following analyses are recommended for consideration in the medium-term (June 2010
to Dec 2011) with choice largely driven by data availability Due to the somewhat longer
time period fewer details are provided here than in the section above allowing for further
elaborations during the 2nd Mission when more is known They are arranged according to
the CBD MPA network criteria (IX20 Annex 2)
In addition to the tests outlined below others that were developed for the OSPAR Regional
Seas Convention for the Northeast Atlantic are listed in Annex 6 Thirty additional
assessments These are also well-suited to the medium-term and medium-quality data
Note that the four OSPAR MPA network criteria overlap four of the five CBD criteria
Ecologically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs)
If specific EBSAs are known consideration should be given to their possible inclusion in the
MPA network Not all EBSAs need necessarily become MPAs for some EBSAs non-spatial
management may be more appropriate It is difficult to do proper gaps assessment on
EBSAs because the distribution of all EBSAs of a given type is usually not known and hence
there is little context by which to judge a given site Thus the rule of thumb is that all EBSAs
if not in the MPA network should be treated as possible gaps and reviewed one at a time
for possible inclusion
The CBD is in the process of developing further guidance on the selection of EBSAs in the
open oceans and deep seas and much of this guidance is also applicable to shallower
nearshore systems Because this guidance is not yet accepted by the CBD we refer you
instead to a background report that was written for the CBD Ottawa Expert Workshop that
discussed these issues 29 Sept ndash 02 Oct 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant
areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations (Ardron
et al 2009) is a report in two parts Both parts are included with this report and are
recommended here as guidance on selecting CBD EBSAs
First gathering information from local residents and experts on places they sense to be
important can go far in identifying key EBSAs The ldquorecognition heuristicrdquo (Gigerenzer 1999)
is a powerful way to quickly locate longstanding ecologically significant areas in a given
region and we note that NGOs such as WWF have already done such work in the past and
that this work could be readily updated and built upon
Representativity
Many tests for representativity can be developed based on available data Listed below are
some of the more likely approaches
Seascapes identify the main shoreline topographic (benthic) and oceanographic
(pelagic) features of the region and check to see what percentage of each is included
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 24
in the MPA network Typical benthic seascape features would include canyons
seamounts reefs etc Typical pelagic features include frontal systems upwellings
gyres See also Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Topographic complexity using only bathymetry a surrogate measure of benthic
complexity can be developed (Ardron 2002) This measure can help highlight areas of
likely increased benthic richness amongst other traits
Biogeographic classification system whereas seascapes focus on physical features
a biogeographic attempts to also include information on biology such that the
system divides an area according to broad ecological communities based on physical
proxies The creation of a biogeographic classification should include both pelagic
and benthic realms is labour- and data- intensive and requires extensive peer
review
Biogeographic components instead of attempting a full biogeographic classification
system certain aspects can be developed separately For example depth strata can
be combined with sea floor sediment data to make a basic sea bottom classification
These can then be nested within the broad bioregions of the RAMPAO area
Likewise exposure wave energy can be combined with shoreline types to create
another basic classification Creating components such as these can be further
explored in the 2nd Mission once it is better known what data information are
available
Connectivity
This is the CBD criterion most difficult to assess with few options for the medium-term
except for looking at distances between sites (see short-term test above) Several academic
modelling exercises have been attempted with mixed levels of success in areas with much
better data than exist in West Africa We would caution RAMPAO in spending too much
time on such modelling exercises In general nearshore sites require closer spacing than
sites further offshore (OSPAR 2007) If it is known that certain areas provide larvae or
juveniles to other places then these ldquosourcerdquo areas should be considered for protection
Note that such areas could also fall under the EBSA criterion for productivity
Replication
At its most basic level this criterion asks that there be more than one MPA for every feature
in the network In practice this is usually considered using available information on
representativity (see above) and whatever biological data may also be available This
criterion can be assessed very simply initially by testing to see if there is more than one MPA
in each broad zone such as distance from shore or depth zone as described in the previous
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 25
section on short-term assessments Assessing replication can become more refined as more
MPAs are designated and better data become available
Adequacy viability
Ideally MPA sites should be monitored to ensure that their aims are being met In cases
where this is occurring the monitoring results should be used to determine if the individual
sitersquos size location and shape is adequate Where monitoring is not occurring or is
incomplete or too recent to determine trends other measures will have to be used Size is
probably the most commonly discussed measure and yet it remains also probably the most
controversial (Fahig 2001) Nonetheless even in an absence of consensus on this issue by
looking at possible ranges of sizes a sense can still be gained if the sites are or are not
likely to be meeting their aims A full assessment of site size which is outside the scope of
this report should take into account the species life-history population structure quality of
the habitat the quality of the surrounding areas and possible connectivity to other sites
(Lindeboom amp Baumlck 2005) However in many cases the scientific knowledge about a feature
will be insufficient to determine this very exactly Even if the life history of a species is well
know for example it is usually not known how much the surrounding area can be expected
to play a role in supporting the healthy functioning of that species Nonetheless it is
generally true that heavily impacted surrounding areas will provide less of a supporting role
to protected features than pristine ones In data-poor situations often it is still possible to
use expert opinion to specify a range of sizes which would likely be appropriate for the
adequate protection of a given feature (text adapted from OSPAR 2007)
For the RAMPAO network expert assessments of the efficacy of individual MPA sites is
probably the best way to consider the adequacy aspect of the criterion and we note the
work that has already been done by RAMPAO on this regard as well as the IUCN on
assessing management effectiveness (2007 2008a 2008b)
Relative viability can also be inferred from a threats pressures analysis In performing a
population density analysis proximity to human settlements can be used as a first indication
of how much anthropomorphic stress a protected area may be experiencing Looking
further at the composition of sensitive and threatened species within a given area can
further refine this initial threats analysis
Long term gap analyses In many cases analyses that got delayed in the medium term would be still valuable in the
longer term (2011 to 2014) However for the longer-term we would also hope that
RAMPAO activities would begin to focus on the filling of already-identified ecological and
management gaps
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 26
MarZone and MaxEnt
As an MPA network develops so does the need for more sophisticated analyses MarZone
(Marxan with Zones) has received positive attention recently and is a good tool for zoning
multiple activities with various levels of conservation restrictions In order to use a tool like
Marxan broad representativity data (ldquocoarse filterrdquo) and biological data (ldquofine filterrdquo) are
required and in order to use a zoning tool like MarZone broad coverage human use data
are additionally required One big advantage of MarxanMarZone is the user community
that has grown up around it and the good practices that continue to be developed
To get broad scale species distributions usually point occurrence data are fitted to physical
chemical environmental variables producing a predictive habitat model Good success has
been attained using the MaxEnt model (httpwwwcsprincetonedu~schapiremaxent)
though many other approaches also exist The construction of species-habitat predictive
models can take time and acquiring combining the environmental data also takes much
work In order to not bias the Marxan MarZone analysis several species-habitat models
would have to be created for several different key species from a variety of taxonomic
families trophic levels and feeding guilds This would be clearly a long-term project and
can only be justified if the RAMPAO MPA network has reached a level of sophistication to
demand such an analysis
Climate change modelling
Conservation network planning for climate change can also involved complicated modelling
(eg Fuller et al 2008) However again these approaches are data-intensive and require
advanced technical abilities
Ongoing adaptive approach
It is unlikely that the above advanced modelling approaches would be worth their
considerable effort and instead it is suggested that much more can be achieved through
good cooperation with stakeholders scientific expertise and some ldquocommon senserdquo
Recognising that no plan is perfect planning should be seen as an ongoing process of
refinement Paramount will be the ability to be flexible and adapt to changing ecological and
social conditions To do so will require governance structures from local to international
levels ndashlikewise matched to adapt quickly and effectively
While it is relatively easy to point out gaps in an MPA network at ever-increasing levels of
sophistication it is much harder to fill those gaps even on the most rudimentary level
Therefore we urge RAMPAO to act in the long term on addressing the gaps that are readily
apparent through basic tests such as the ones outlined in this document
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 27
Possible activities of the 2nd Mission
This report and the two-part background report prepared for the CBD (also included in this
submission ndashArdron et al 2009) offer a lot of information We expect that as RAMPAO staff
sifts through this guidance questions will arise We see the 2nd Mission as one that could be
devoted to
answering questions that arise from the 1st Mission guidance ndashprocess ecological
and technical
elaborating medium-term gap analyses once more is known about data availability
and technical capacity within RAMPAO and its partner organisations
providing assistance in data collection in Europe and North America
doing joint GIS analyses there could be benefit in working together on some of the
GIS analyses such as the analysis of topographic complexity
presenting initial results we also believe that it will be important to present some
short-term gap analysis results to RAMPAO members and partners
participating in the Third Meeting of the RAMPAO General Assembly we suggest that the 2nd Mission coincide with the RAMPAO General Assembly and include
o a presentation of initial results to the General Assembly and o an expert side-meeting to discuss next steps in the medium-term data and
analyses
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 28
References
Ardron JA 2002 A Recipe for Determining Benthic Complexity An Indicator of Species Richness In Marine Geography GIS for the Oceans and Seas (ch 23 pp 196-175) Joe Breman (ed) Redlands CA USA ESRI Press
Ardron JA 2009 Three initial OSPAR tests of ecological coherence heuristics in a data-limited situation ICES Journal of Marine Research 658 1527-1533
Ardron JA Dunn D Corrigan C Gjerde K Halpin P Rice J Vanden Berghe E Vierros M 2009 Defining ecologically or biologically significant areas in the open oceans and deep seas Analysis tools resources and illustrations A background document for the CBD expert workshop Ottawa Canada 29 September ndash 2 October 2009 37 pp + 73 pp Annex 1
BALANCE 2008 Ecological coherence and principles MPA assessment selection and design Technical Summary Report 34 httpbalance-euorgxpdfbalance-technical-summary-report-no-3-4pdf
FAO 2009 International guidelines for the management of deep-sea fisheries in the high seas Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Rome
Fahrig 2001 How much Habitat is enough Biological Conservation 100 (1) 65-74
Fuller T Morton DP Sarkar S 2008 Incorporating uncertainty about speciesrsquo potential distributions under climate change into the selection of conservation areas with a case study from the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska Biological Conservation 141 1547-1559
Gigerenzer G Todd P M and the ABC Research Group 1999 Simple heuristics that make us smart Oxford University Press New York
IUCNBRAO 2007 Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parc de Guineacutee Bissau
IUCNPACO 2008a Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees aires proteacutegeacutees de la Reacutepublique de Guineacutee
IUCNBRAO 2008b Evaluation de lrsquoefficaciteacute de la gestion des aires proteacutegeacutees parcs et reacuteserves de Mauritanie
Lindeboom HJ and Baumlck S 2005 Establishing coastal and marine reserves- with the emphasis on fisheries Pages 103-118 In Managing European Coasts Past Present and Future J Vermaat LBouwer KTurner WSalomons (Eds) Springer-Verlag
OSPAR 2007 Background document to support the Assessment of whether the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is Ecologically Coherent OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic Publication Number 2007320 wwwosparorg
OSPAR 2008 Three initial spatial tests looking at the ecological coherence of the OSPAR marine protected area (MPA) network OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine environment of the Northeast Atlantic 3602008 wwwosparorg 17 pp
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 29
Annex 1 Calendar of meetings 1st Mission 5-12 Sept 2009
Lundi
FIBA
Charlotte Karibuhoye
Coordinatrice
Souadou Ndiaye
SIG RAMPAO
Julien Semelin Appui agrave la creacuteation de nouvelles AMP et renforcement de lrsquoefficaciteacute des AMP
UICN Racine Kane AMP transfrontaliegravere
16h par teacuteleacutephone
PRCM Ahmed Senhoury
Directeur
Mardi
8h30 WWF Mamadou Diallo
Chargeacute de mission espegraveces et habitats
mdialowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 641 13 84
Paul Siegel Conseiller en environnement marin psiegelwwfsenegalorg 221 869 37 00
10h30
CSE centre de suivi eacutecologique Ministegravere de lrsquoenvironnement
Taibou Ba Cartes donneacutees
15h Wetland international Africa
Emma GREATRIX
Network for biodiversiteacute (BIOMAC network) Manatee Waterbirds Mangroves
egeatrix]wetlandssn +221 33 869 1681
Mercredi
10h SI NEPAD David Njiki Njiki
Coordinateur environnement njikinjikiyahoocom 221 33 842 73 11
12h WWF Ibrahima Niamadio
Officier pecircche durable iniamadiowwfsenegalorg 221 33 869 37 00 221 77 567 53 16
15h par teacuteleacutephone
UICN Mathieu Ducroq
Coordinateur du programme marin et cocirctier de lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoouest central
+ 222 662 40 82 portable 0022 529 09 77 bureau
16h par teacuteleacutephone
RAMPAO Alfredo da Silva
Preacutesident du RAMPAO Directeur IBAP Ancien coordinateur du reacuteseau de gestion des zones cocirctiegraveres
00245 580 38 48 ou 00 245
UNESCO Isabelle Niang
Projet GEF drsquoadaptation au changement climatique en Afrique de lrsquoouest Erosion cocirctiegravere
Jeudi
9h UICN Guineacutee Bissau
Pierre Campredon
Ancien responsable du PRCM Pierrecampredoniucnorg 0033 630340088
11h30 Convention drsquoAbidjan
Nassere Kaba 0022520211183
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 30
13h CRODTCNDO ODINAFRICA
Anis Diallo Aquaculture et directeur du CNDO adialloordinafricanet 22133832826465 221 77 631 15 95
15h CSRP
M Hamadi Diop
En charge du deacutepartement laquo recherche et systegraveme drsquoinformation raquo
hamadidiopgmailcom
Philippe Tous Projet AFD ndash inteacutegration des AMP dans les politiques de pecircche
philipetousgmailcom (Skype Phil_tous)
Renaud Bailleux
Contrat UICN sur la gestion de lrsquoaccegraves aux ressources halieutiques dans la reacutegion - accords de pecircche ndash gouvernance partageacutee dans les AMP (financement PRCM)
M Dop mika Programme requins de la FIBA mika_dfryahoofr
Vendredi
9H IRD Luis Tito de Morais
Peumlcheeacutecologie des peuplements de poissons
titoirdsn 221 33 849 3658
11h UICN Mamadou Sow
Chef de projet mangrove Mamadousowuicnorg 221 33 869 0286
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 31
Annex 2 CBD criteria for ecologically significant areas
CBD Decision IX20 Annex 1
SCIENTIFIC CRITERIA FOR IDENTIFYING ECOLOGICALLY OR BIOLOGICALLY SIGNIFICANT MARINE AREAS IN NEED OF PROTECTION IN OPEN-
OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Criteria Definition Rationale Examples Consideration in application
Uniqueness or
rarity
Area contains
either (i) unique (ldquothe
only one of its kindrdquo) rare
(ldquooccurs only in few
locationsrdquo) or endemic
species populations or
communities andor (ii)
unique rare or distinct
habitats or ecosystems
andor (iii) unique or
unusual geomorphological
or oceanographic features
Irreplaceable
Loss would mean the probable permanent disappearance of diversity or a feature or reduction of the diversity at any level
Open ocean waters
Sargasso Sea Taylor column
persistent polynyas
Deep-sea habitats
endemic communities around
submerged atolls hydrothermal
vents sea mounts pseudo-
abyssal depression
Risk of biased-view of the perceived uniqueness depending on the information availability
Scale dependency of features such that unique features at one scale may be typical at another thus a global and regional perspective must be taken
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 32
Special
importance for
life-history
stages of
species
Areas that are required for
a population to survive and
thrive
Various biotic and abiotic
conditions coupled with
species-specific
physiological constraints
and preferences tend to
make some parts of marine
regions more suitable to
particular life-stages and
functions than other parts
Area containing (i) breeding grounds
spawning areas nursery areas juvenile
habitat or other areas important for life
history stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Connectivity between life-history stages and linkages between areas trophic interactions physical transport physical oceanography life history of species
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data Vessel monitoring system (VMS) data
Spatial and temporal distribution andor aggregation of the species
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 33
Importance for
threatened
endangered or
declining
species andor
habitats
Area containing habitat for
the survival and recovery
of endangered threatened
declining species or area
with significant
assemblages of such
species
To ensure the restoration
and recovery of such species
and habitats
Areas critical for threatened endangered
or declining species andor habitats
containing (i) breeding grounds spawning
areas nursery areas juvenile habitat or
other areas important for life history
stages of species or (ii) habitats of
migratory species (feeding wintering or
resting areas breeding moulting
migratory routes)
Includes species with very large geographic ranges
In many cases recovery will require reestablishment of the species in areas of its historic range
Sources for information include eg remote sensing satellite tracking historical catch and by-catch data vessel-monitoring system (VMS) data
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 34
Vulnerability
Fragility
Sensitivity or
Slow recovery
Areas that contain a
relatively high proportion
of sensitive habitats
biotopes or species that
are functionally fragile
(highly susceptible to
degradation or depletion
by human activity or by
natural events) or with
slow recovery
The criteria indicate the
degree of risk that will be
incurred if human activities
or natural events in the area
or component cannot be
managed effectively or are
pursued at an unsustainable
rate
Vulnerability of species
Inferred from the history of how species or populations in other similar areas responded to perturbations
Species of low fecundity slow growth long time to sexual maturity longevity (eg sharks etc)
Species with structures providing biogenic habitats such as deepwater corals sponges and bryozoans deep-water species
Vulnerability of habitats
Ice-covered areas susceptible to ship-based pollution
Ocean acidification can make deep sea habitats more vulnerable to others and increase susceptibility to human induced changes
Interactions between vulnerability to human impacts and natural events
Existing definition emphasizes site specific ideas and requires consideration for highly mobile species
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 35
Biological
productivity
Area containing species
populations or
communities with
comparatively higher
natural biological
productivity
Important role in fuelling
ecosystems and increasing
the growth rates of
organisms and their capacity
for reproduction
Frontal areas
Upwellings
Hydrothermal vents
Seamounts polynyas
Can be measured as the rate of growth of marine organisms and their populations either through the fixation of inorganic carbon by photosynthesis chemosynthesis or through the ingestion of prey dissolved organic matter or particulate organic matter
Can be inferred from remote-sensed products eg ocean colour or process-based models
Time-series fisheries data can be used but caution is required
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 36
Biological
diversity
Area contains
comparatively higher
diversity of ecosystems
habitats communities or
species or has higher
genetic diversity
Important for evolution and
maintaining the resilience of
marine species and
ecosystems
Sea-mounts
Fronts and convergence zones
Cold coral communities
Deep-water sponge communities
Diversity needs to be seen in relation to the surrounding environment
Diversity indices are indifferent to species substitutions
Diversity indices are indifferent to which species may be contributing to the value of the index and hence would not pick up areas important to species of special concern such as endangered species
Can be inferred from habitat heterogeneity or diversity as a surrogate for species diversity in areas where biodiversity has not been sampled intensively
Naturalness Area with a comparatively
higher degree of
naturalness as a result of
the lack of or low level of
human-induced
disturbance or
degradation
To protect areas with near natural structure processes and functions
To maintain these areas as reference sites
To safeguard and enhance ecosystem resilience
Most ecosystems and habitats have
examples with varying levels of
naturalness and the intent is that the
more natural examples should be
selected
Priority should be given to areas having a low level of disturbance relative to their surroundings
In areas where no natural areas remain areas that have successfully recovered including reestablishment of species should be
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 37
considered
Criteria can be used both in its own right and in conjunction with other criteria
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 38
Annex 3 CBD criteria for MPA networks
Decision IX20 Annex II SCIENTIFIC GUIDANCE FOR SELECTING AREAS TO ESTABLISH A REPRESENTATIVE NETWORK OF MARINE PROTECTED AREAS INCLUDING IN
OPEN OCEAN WATERS AND DEEP-SEA HABITATS
Required network properties and
components Definition Applicable site specific considerations (inter alia)
Ecologically and biologically significant areas
Ecologically and biologically significant areas are geographically or oceanographically discrete areas that provide important services to one or more speciespopulations of an ecosystem or to the ecosystem as a whole compared to other surrounding areas or areas of similar ecological characteristics or otherwise meet the criteria as identified in annex I to decision IX20
Uniqueness or rarity
Special importance for life history stages of species
Importance for threatened endangered or declining species andor habitats
Vulnerability fragility sensitivity or slow recovery
Biological productivity
Biological diversity
Naturalness
Representativity Representativity is captured in a network when it consists of areas representing the different biogeographical subdivisions of the global oceans and regional seas that reasonably reflect the full range of ecosystems including the biotic and habitat diversity of those marine ecosystems
A full range of examples across a biogeographic habitat or community classification relative health of species and communities relative intactness of habitat(s) naturalness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 39
Connectivity Connectivity in the design of a network allows for linkages whereby protected sites benefit from larval andor species exchanges and functional linkages from other network sites In a connected network individual sites benefit one another
Currents gyres physical bottlenecks migration routes species dispersal detritus functional linkages Isolated sites such as isolated seamount communities may also be included
Replicated ecological features Replication of ecological features means that more than one site shall contain examples of a given feature in the given biogeographic area The term ―features means ―species habitats and ecological processes that naturally occur in the given biogeographic area
Accounting for uncertainty natural variation and the possibility of catastrophic events Features that exhibit less natural variation or are precisely defined may require less replication than features that are inherently highly variable or are only very generally defined
Adequate and viable sites Adequate and viable sites indicate that all sites within a network should have size and protection sufficient to ensure the ecological viability and integrity of the feature(s) for which they were selected
Adequacy and viability will depend on size shape buffers persistence of features threats surrounding environment (context) physical constraints scale of featuresprocesses spillovercompactness
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 40
Annex 4 Data sources highlighted in discussions during the 1st Mission
Thegravemes Organisme ressources Personnes ressources Sites internet ressources et bases de donneacutees
Donneacutees bibliographiques
IRD Linus base bibliographique (httpiacaprodc3eduvsqfrlinus)
CRODT Catalogue des publications du CRODT
Donneacutees geacuteneacuterales
PRCMFIBA SIG Reacutegional Catalogue drsquoInformations pour lrsquoAfrique de lrsquoOuest (CIAO) wwwolmmrciao
OdinAfrica African marine atlas ndash voir OdinAfrica
OBIS httpwwwiobisorg
Guineacutee Bissau SIG Guineacutee Bissau au 200 000 egraveme sur toute la zone cocirctiegravere et 50 000 egraveme sur les Bijagos voir Franccedilois Gourmelonuniv-brestfr ou Emmanuel Ginaudet
Cap vert Systegraveme national SIG pour toutes les donneacutees du Cap vert
Bathymeacutetrie
Navy Londres Africa Pilot Volume 1 Hydrographer of the Navy London 1967
SHOM Carte SHOM ndeg6815 INT14 au 110 000 000egraveme Voir site wwwshomfr - catalogue
Cf Canada Carte au CSE
CND0 CD des donneacutees bathymeacutetriques de la sous-reacutegion
Donneacutees oceacuteanographiques geacuteneacuterales
OdinAfrica Points focaux des pays agrave voir sur site internet drsquoOdinAfrica
ordinafricanet Atelier national OdinAfrica ndash voir sur le site CNDO Aller sur le site OdinAfrica reacutecupeacuterer les shapefiles (httpwwwodinafricaorg) et sur httpwwwafricanmarineatlasnet
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 41
IRDlaboratoire LOCEAN-IPSL (Universiteacute Paris 6) LPAOSF (Lab de Physique de lAtmosphegravere et de lOceacutean de agrave lEacutecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique-UCAD
Alban Lazar (IRD) Simeacuteon Fongang (Ecole Supeacuterieure Polytechnique) Raymond Lahaye (IRDLEMAR)
Circulation oceacuteanique le long des cocirctes seacuteneacutegalaises (structures variabiliteacute meacutecanismes de lrsquoupwelling des courants cocirctiers des tempeacuteratures et des saliniteacutes) et les couplages oceacutean-atmosphegravere
FAO Merete TANDSTAD Projets CCLEM et GCLME
NEPAD Projet GCLME
PRCM et IMROP + autres
Faire lrsquoinventaire des socieacuteteacutes qui ont fait de la prospection peacutetroliegravere et voir leurs donneacutees et eacutetudes drsquoimpact eacutetude Woodside ou Dana petroleum voir PRCM et IMROP
Universiteacute Rapport master de lrsquouniversiteacute sur la modeacutelisation de la circulation et des tempeacuteratures sur la haute mer (demander CNDO)
Upwellings Odiafrica Donneacutees upwellings sur Odinafrica
IRD P CURY et N BEZ
Geacuteologie seacutediemntologie et Nature des fonds
2 thegraveses sur le plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais sud et nord
IRD carte de Domain (IRDORSTOM) carte des seacutediments du plateau continental seacuteneacutegalais)
carte de Barusso
Travaux de Lachance et Mc Master
Odinafirca Plateau continental ndash carte digitaliseacutee sur la nature des fonds ndash voir sur ordinafrica
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 42
Annex 5 GIS data priorities
Explanation of ranking system
Term short-term bullbullbull medium-term bullbull long-term bull Estimated Ease of acquiring data easy bullbullbull moderatebullbull difficult bull
Importance high bullbullbull moderate bullbull low bull Term Ease Import
Base layers
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 coastline(s)
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 2 ecological regions
bullbullbull bull bullbullbull 3 bathymetry
bullbullbull bullbull bull 4 topography (for land ndashcan help with shoreline classifications)
Physical and oceanographic
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 estuaries rivers
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 shoreline type (cliff rocky sandy muddy etc)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 surficial sediment (bottom type)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 seafloor topographic complexity ruggedness (can be created from bathymetry)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 5 seamounts (can also be identified through bathymetry)
6 other seascape features eg
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull canyons
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 43
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull ridges
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull hydrothermal vents
bullbull bull bullbull seeps
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull banks
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull rocky reefs
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull estuaries (sub-classes)
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull lagoons
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull upwellings
bull bullbull bull 7 ocean currents tides
bull bullbull bullbull 8 sea surface temperature
bull bullbull bullbull 9 salinity
bull bull bull 10 photosynthetically available radiation (PAR)
bull bull bull 11 coastal erosion sediment transport
bull bull bullbull 12 climate change trends eg movement of upwellings
Biological habitat
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 1 threatened or endangered species (amp spawning nursery areas etc)
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 threatened or endangered habitats
bullbull bull bullbullbull 3 habitat classification (if one exists regionally)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 4 biogenic features eg
warm water coral reefs
cold water coral ldquoforestsrdquo
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 44
mangroves (sub-classes)
bullbull bull bullbullbull 5 Key commercial species eg
crustaceans molluscs (crabs shrimps oysters etc)
pelagic large fishes (eg tunas)
pelagic small fishes
demersal fishes
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 primary productivity (usually satellite colour images chlorophyll_a)
bullbull bull bullbull 7 secondary productivity (eg an estimate of carbon flux)
bullbull bull bullbull 8 migration of invasive species
Human use management
bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 1 marine protected areas
bullbullbull bullbull bullbullbull 2 year-round fisheries closures
bullbull bullbull bull 3 other seasonal fisheries closures
bullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 cities towns villages (with populations)
bullbull bullbull bull 5 local community boundaries
bullbull bullbull bullbull 6 traditional use boundaries (eg artisanal fisheries)
bull bullbull bull 7 migrant land use grazing
bullbull bull bullbullbull 8 areas of cultural spiritual importance
bullbull bullbullbull bullbull 9 roads (can help with understanding remoteness amp shoreline access)
bullbull bullbull bullbull 10 shipping routes and harbours
bullbull bullbull bull 11 land use particularly agriculture (can be combined into an analysis of rivers to estimate runoff)
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 45
bullbull bull bullbullbull 12 fishing
a artisanal by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
b industrial by fishery type (eg shellfish demersal small pelagic large pelagic)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 13 offshore oil amp gas licences exploratory wells installations (platforms pipelines shore based)
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 14 sand amp gravel mining
bullbull bullbull bullbullbull 15 tourism shoreline development resorts marinas
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 46
Annex 6 Thirty additional assessments
Excerpted and adapted from the 54 page report by the OSPAR Regional seas convention for
the Northeast Atlantic (2007) Background document to support the assessment of whether
the OSPAR Network of Marine Protected Areas is ecologically coherent6
Assessment Criterion 1 Adequacy Viability
1 Assessment Guideline One should expect the sizes of network sites (for a given feature) to be
distributed throughout or exceed the estimated range of sizes necessary to sustain a viable
population or community
2 Assessment Guideline Sites that are heavily impacted andor surrounded by heavily impacted
areas should be larger than otherwise
3 Assessment Guideline Features of ecological significance should receive greater protection
than normal
4 Assessment Guideline Location and geography can be used to indicate adequate protection
such that
a Protection of pelagic features should generally be reflected with the implementation of
larger sites than those for benthic features
b In regions constrained by physical geography (eg fjords bays bights passages straits)
the adequate sizes of individual sites will generally be smaller than areas without such
physical constraints (eg regional seas open ocean)
c Offshore andor deeper sites will generally require larger areas than for nearshore andor
shallow sites (However the exceptions of certain deep sea benthic features such as
hydrothermal vents and cold seeps are noted)
5 Assessment Guideline in a given region the adequate spatial protection of most OSPAR
features and the overall network can be expected to conform to the scientific literature and
fall within the range commonly found within that literature It is recognized that this is an
evolving field of study
6 Assessment Guideline Owing to the multiplicity of its objectives the OSPAR network can be
expected to contain a variety of reserve sizes and corresponding spacing between sites
7 Assessment Guideline If a site is at the small end of the expected viability range for a given
feature then compact sites are preferable If on the other hand a given site is at the large end
of the estimated viability range then a less compact shape would allow for greater spill-over
and benefits outside of the reserve
a The Compactness of a given site can be calculated using a GIS and the following
formula C = (4πAp2)
05 Where C is the Compactness A is the area of the site and p is
its perimeter
8 Assessment Guideline A broad MPA network such as the OSPAR network with a wide
variety of features can be expected to have a wide variety of reserve shapes and sizes
6 Jeff Ardron is the primary author of this OSPAR report
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 47
a The combined size and compactness of a site be readily calculated using a GIS and the
following formula SSC = ln (PA) Where SSC is here labelled as the site size-
compactness P is the perimeter of the site and A is the area
9 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA electronic database lists the aims and ecological
criteria on a site by site basis Thus as a preliminary assessment these can be compiled to get
an indication of how well they are being met across the network
10 Assessment Guideline A list inventory of features within a region that (are known or
believed to) meet the OSPAR aims and ecological criteria is required in order to fully assess if
the existing MPA sites are likely adequate
11 Assessment Guideline Features that are common and widely distributed will generally require
less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are rare andor sparsely
distributed
Assessment Criterion 2 Representativity
12 Assessment Guideline OSPAR MPAs should be checked to ensure that they are broadly
distributed across biogeographic regions In such an assessment there is no need to restrict the
assessment to just one biogeographic classification system So long as they appear to be
rigorous (eg peer-reviewed) the use of a variety of systems is encouraged
13 Assessment Guideline Each of the Dinter [OSPAR] bioregions should be adequately
protected
14 Assessment Guideline National classifications can be very helpful in assessing
representativity at a national level based on national categories and should be used where they
exist
15 Assessment Guideline In the absence of full biological surveys or full classification systems
(such as EUNIS) simple surrogates should be used to check that representativity is possibly
being achieved Benthic and pelagic realms should be considered
16 Assessment Guideline Representative features that are very common and widely distributed
will likely require less proportional (percentage) protection than those features that are just
somewhat common
As a rule of thumb within a given feature class representative protection can be
compared to a normalized distribution For example if the areal distribution of
representative classes can be normalised through a square-root transformation then
protected area distribution could be expected to be roughly proportional to the square-
root of the ratio of the representative feature classesrsquo overall areas
17 Assessment Guideline The OSPAR MPA nomination database should be checked to ensure
that the idea of the ldquobestrdquo features was taken into account across feature types and regions
18 Assessment Guideline Features that best represent their type can be expected to be
characterized by most or all of these indicators
a Typical morphology
b High density abundance
c High degree of health naturalness
d Persistence (temporal and spatial) and
e Strong functional linkages
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings
A suggested approach for gap analyses of the RAMPAO network 48
Assessment Criterion 3 Replication
19 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area more than one example of each feature
should be protected
20 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features protected in areas susceptible
to catastrophic events require greater replication than those in low-risk areas
21 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area where no better data exist natural
variation can be assumed to be greatest between sites that are furthest apart
22 Assessment Guideline Features that are very specifically defined will exhibit less variation
and hence require less replication than features which are very general or ldquocatch-allrdquo categories
23 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area scientific requirements may require
replicate sites for differing purposes If these requirements are not known it can be assumed
that replicate sites that are a moderate distance apart (neither immediate neighbours nor at
extreme ends of the biogeographic area) will satisfy most scientific requirements
24 Assessment Guideline In a given biogeographic area features for which there are weak or
incomplete or modelled data require greater replication than those features for which better data
are available
Assessment Criterion 4 Connectivity
25 Assessment Guideline If an area is known or suspected to be important to connectivity then it
should be represented in the MPA network
26 Assessment Guideline Reserves in areas where there are known currents (eg many coastal
areas) should be more closely spaced than otherwise In order to maintain connectivity for most
short to moderate larval dispersing species when specific data are lacking such nearshore sites
should be spaced not further than 50 km apart
27 Assessment Guideline Connectivity between seabird sites can be measured in straight lines
28 Assessment Guideline Connectivity for marine species can be assumed to be greater along
lines of similar habitat than across them
29 Assessment Guideline The density of marine reserves can be used as a way to group areas of
likely connectivity Likewise it can also define gaps where connectivity has probably not been
achieved
30 Assessment Guideline In the absence of dispersal data connectivity may be approximated by
ensuring the MPA network is well distributed in space reflecting the scale of its surroundings